Merge "Chinese Conversion Table Update 2016-5"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
533 *
534 * Example:
535 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
536 */
537 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
538
539 /**
540 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
541 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
542 *
543 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
544 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
545 *
546 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
547 */
548 $wgUploadDialog = [
549 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
550 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
551 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
552 'fields' => [
553 'description' => true,
554 'date' => false,
555 'categories' => false,
556 ],
557 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
558 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
559 'licensemessages' => [
560 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
561 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
563 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
564 'local' => 'generic-local',
565 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
566 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
568 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
569 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
570 ],
571 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
572 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
573 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
574 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
575 'comment' => [
576 'local' => '',
577 'foreign' => '',
578 ],
579 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
580 'format' => [
581 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
582 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
583 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
584 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
585 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
586 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
587 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
588 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
589 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
590 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
591 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
592 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
593 // * $TEXT - input by the user
594 'description' => '$TEXT',
595 'ownwork' => '',
596 'license' => '',
597 'uncategorized' => '',
598 ],
599 ];
600
601 /**
602 * File backend structure configuration.
603 *
604 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
605 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
606 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
607 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
608 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
609 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
610 *
611 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
612 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
613 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
614 *
615 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
616 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
617 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
618 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
619 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
620 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
621 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
622 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
623 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
624 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
625 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
626 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
627 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
628 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
629 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
630 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
631 */
632 $wgFileBackends = [];
633
634 /**
635 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
636 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
637 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
638 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
639 *
640 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
641 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
642 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
643 */
644 $wgLockManagers = [];
645
646 /**
647 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
648 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
649 *
650 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
651 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
652 * extensions" section of php.ini:
653 * @code{.ini}
654 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
655 * @endcode
656 */
657 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
658
659 /**
660 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
661 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
662 * Defaults to false.
663 */
664 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
665
666 /**
667 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
668 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
669 * $wgUploadDirectory.
670 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
671 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
672 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
673 * directory.
674 *
675 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
676 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
677 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
678 */
679 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
680
681 /**
682 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
683 */
684 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
685
686 /**
687 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
688 */
689 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
690
691 /**
692 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
693 */
694 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
695
696 /**
697 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
698 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
701
702 /**
703 * Optional table prefix used in database.
704 */
705 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
706
707 /**
708 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
709 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
710 */
711 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
712
713 /**
714 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
715 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
716 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
717 */
718 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
719
720 /**
721 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
722 *
723 * @since 1.20
724 */
725 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
726
727 /**
728 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
729 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
730 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
731 */
732 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
733
734 /**
735 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
739
740 /**
741 * Different timeout for upload by url
742 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
743 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
744 * to default.
745 *
746 * @since 1.22
747 */
748 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
749
750 /**
751 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
752 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
753 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
754 * for non-specified types.
755 *
756 * @par Example:
757 * @code
758 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
759 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
760 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
761 * ];
762 * @endcode
763 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
764 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
765 */
766 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
767
768 /**
769 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
770 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
771 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
772 * @since 1.26
773 */
774 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
775
776 /**
777 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
778 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
779 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
780 *
781 * @par Example:
782 * @code
783 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
784 * @endcode
785 */
786 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
790 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
791 * appended to it as appropriate.
792 */
793 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
794
795 /**
796 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
797 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
798 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
799 * access to the thumbnail path.
800 *
801 * @par Example:
802 * @code
803 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
804 * @endcode
805 */
806 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
810 */
811 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
812
813 /**
814 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
815 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
816 *
817 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
818 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
819 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
820 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
821 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
822 *
823 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
824 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
825 */
826 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
827
828 /**
829 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
830 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
831 * directory layout.
832 */
833 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
834
835 /**
836 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
837 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
838 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
839 * image description page on this wiki.
840 *
841 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
842 */
843 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
844
845 /**
846 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
847 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
848 *
849 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
850 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
851 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
852 */
853 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
854
855 /**
856 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
857 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
858 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
859 */
860 $wgFileBlacklist = [
861 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
862 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
863 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
864 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
865 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
866 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
867 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
868 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
872 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
873 */
874 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
875 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
876 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
877 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
878 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
879 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
880 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
881 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
882 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
883 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
884 'application/x-msmetafile',
885 ];
886
887 /**
888 * Allow Java archive uploads.
889 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
890 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
891 */
892 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
893
894 /**
895 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
896 *
897 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
898 */
899 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
900
901 /**
902 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
903 * by $wgFileExtensions.
904 *
905 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
906 */
907 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
908
909 /**
910 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
911 *
912 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
913 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
914 */
915 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
916
917 /**
918 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
919 */
920 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
921
922 /**
923 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
924 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
925 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
926 *
927 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
928 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
929 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
930 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
931 */
932 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
933 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
934 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
935 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
936 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
937 "application/pdf", // PDF files
938 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
939 ];
940
941 /**
942 * Plugins for media file type handling.
943 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
944 */
945 $wgMediaHandlers = [
946 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
947 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
948 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
949 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
950 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
951 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
952 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
953 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
954 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
955 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
956 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
957 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
958 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
959 ];
960
961 /**
962 * Plugins for page content model handling.
963 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
964 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
965 *
966 * @since 1.21
967 */
968 $wgContentHandlers = [
969 // the usual case
970 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
971 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
972 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
973 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
975 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
976 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
977 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
978 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
983 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
984 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
985 */
986 $wgUseImageResize = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
990 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
991 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
992 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
993 *
994 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
995 */
996 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
997
998 /**
999 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1000 */
1001 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1005 * @since 1.27
1006 */
1007 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1011 */
1012 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1016 */
1017 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1021 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1022 */
1023 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1024
1025 /**
1026 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1027 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1028 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1029 *
1030 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1031 * @code
1032 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1033 * @endcode
1034 *
1035 * Leave as false to skip this.
1036 */
1037 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1038
1039 /**
1040 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1041 *
1042 * @since 1.21
1043 */
1044 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1045
1046 /**
1047 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1048 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1049 * at sharp edges.
1050 *
1051 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1052 *
1053 * Supported values:
1054 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1055 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1056 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1057 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1058 *
1059 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1060 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1061 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.27
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1069 * image formats.
1070 */
1071 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1075 *
1076 * @since 1.26
1077 */
1078 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1079
1080 /**
1081 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1082 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1083 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1084 *
1085 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1086 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1087 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1088 */
1089 $wgSVGConverters = [
1090 'ImageMagick' =>
1091 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1092 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1093 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1095 . '$output $input',
1096 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1097 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1098 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1099 ];
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1103 */
1104 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1113 */
1114 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1115
1116 /**
1117 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1118 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1119 */
1120 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1121
1122 /**
1123 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1124 *
1125 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1126 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1127 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1128 *
1129 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1130 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1131 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1132 */
1133 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1134
1135 /**
1136 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1137 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1138 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1139 *
1140 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1141 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1142 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1143 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1144 *
1145 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1146 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1147 */
1148 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1149
1150 /**
1151 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1152 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1153 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1154 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1155 */
1156 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1157
1158 /**
1159 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1160 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1161 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1162 *
1163 * @par Example:
1164 * @code
1165 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1166 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1167 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1169 * @endcode
1170 */
1171 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1172
1173 /**
1174 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1175 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1176 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1177 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1178 */
1179 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1180
1181 /**
1182 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1183 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1184 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1185 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1186 */
1187 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1188
1189 /**
1190 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1191 * output instead of showing an error message.
1192 *
1193 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1194 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1195 *
1196 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1197 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1198 * are logged to a file for review.
1199 */
1200 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1204 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1205 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1206 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1207 * webserver(s).
1208 */
1209 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1213 */
1214 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1218 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1219 * is available that can rotate.
1220 */
1221 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1225 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1226 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1227 */
1228 $wgAntivirus = null;
1229
1230 /**
1231 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1232 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1233 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1234 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1235 *
1236 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1237 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1238 *
1239 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1240 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1241 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1242 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1243 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1244 * path.
1245 *
1246 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1247 * function in SpecialUpload.
1248 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1249 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1250 * is not set.
1251 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1252 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1253 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1254 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1255 * no virus was found.
1256 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1257 * a virus.
1258 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1259 *
1260 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1261 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1262 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1263 */
1264 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1265
1266 # setup for clamav
1267 'clamav' => [
1268 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1269 'codemap' => [
1270 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1271 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1272 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1273 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1274 ],
1275 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1276 ],
1277 ];
1278
1279 /**
1280 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1281 */
1282 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1286 */
1287 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1288
1289 /**
1290 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1291 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1292 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1293 */
1294 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1295
1296 /**
1297 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1298 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1299 */
1300 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1301
1302 /**
1303 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1304 * the MIME type to standard output.
1305 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1306 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1307 *
1308 * @par Example:
1309 * @code
1310 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1311 * @endcode
1312 */
1313 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1317 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1318 * can be trusted.
1319 */
1320 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1321
1322 /**
1323 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1324 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1325 */
1326 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1327 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1328 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1330 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1331 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 ];
1333
1334 /**
1335 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1336 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1337 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1338 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1339 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1340 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1341 */
1342 $wgImageLimits = [
1343 [ 320, 240 ],
1344 [ 640, 480 ],
1345 [ 800, 600 ],
1346 [ 1024, 768 ],
1347 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1348 ];
1349
1350 /**
1351 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1352 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1353 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1354 */
1355 $wgThumbLimits = [
1356 120,
1357 150,
1358 180,
1359 200,
1360 250,
1361 300
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1366 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1367 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1368 *
1369 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1370 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1371 * supports it.
1372 */
1373 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1374
1375 /**
1376 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1377 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1378 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1379 * following buckets:
1380 *
1381 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1382 *
1383 * and a distance of 50:
1384 *
1385 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1386 *
1387 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1388 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1389 */
1390 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1391
1392 /**
1393 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1394 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1395 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1396 *
1397 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1398 *
1399 * @since 1.25
1400 */
1401
1402 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1403
1404 /**
1405 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1406 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1407 *
1408 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1409 * thumbnail's URL.
1410 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1411 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1412 *
1413 * @since 1.25
1414 */
1415 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1416
1417 /**
1418 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1419 *
1420 * @since 1.25
1421 */
1422 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1423
1424 /**
1425 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1426 * HTTP request to.
1427 *
1428 * @since 1.25
1429 */
1430 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1431
1432 /**
1433 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1434 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1435 *
1436 * @since 1.26
1437 */
1438 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1439
1440 /**
1441 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1442 */
1443 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1444 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1445 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1446 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1447 'captionLength' => 25, // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename"
1448 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1449 'mode' => 'traditional',
1450 ];
1451
1452 /**
1453 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1454 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1455 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1456 */
1457 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1461 */
1462 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1466 *
1467 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1468 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1469 *
1470 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1471 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1472 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1473 */
1474 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1475
1476 /**
1477 * @name DJVU settings
1478 * @{
1479 */
1480
1481 /**
1482 * Path of the djvudump executable
1483 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1484 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1485 */
1486 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1487
1488 /**
1489 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1490 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1491 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1492 */
1493 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1494
1495 /**
1496 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1497 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1498 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1499 */
1500 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1501
1502 /**
1503 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1504 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1505 *
1506 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1507 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1508 * the efficiency problem.
1509 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1510 *
1511 * @par Example:
1512 * @code
1513 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1514 * @endcode
1515 */
1516 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1517
1518 /**
1519 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1520 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1521 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1524
1525 /**
1526 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1529
1530 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1531
1532 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1533
1534 /************************************************************************//**
1535 * @name Email settings
1536 * @{
1537 */
1538
1539 /**
1540 * Site admin email address.
1541 *
1542 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1543 */
1544 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1545
1546 /**
1547 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1548 *
1549 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1550 *
1551 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1552 */
1553 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1554
1555 /**
1556 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1557 *
1558 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1559 */
1560 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1561
1562 /**
1563 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1564 *
1565 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1566 */
1567 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1568
1569 /**
1570 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1571 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1572 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1573 */
1574 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1578 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1579 */
1580 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1581
1582 /**
1583 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1584 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1585 *
1586 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1587 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1588 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1589 */
1590 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1594 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1595 */
1596 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1600 */
1601 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1605 */
1606 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1610 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1611 */
1612 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1616 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1619
1620 /**
1621 * SMTP Mode.
1622 *
1623 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1624 * Default to false or fill an array :
1625 *
1626 * @code
1627 * $wgSMTP = [
1628 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1629 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1630 * 'port' => '25',
1631 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1632 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1633 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1634 * ];
1635 * @endcode
1636 */
1637 $wgSMTP = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1641 */
1642 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1643
1644 /**
1645 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1646 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1647 */
1648 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1652 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1653 */
1654 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1655
1656 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1657 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1658 # enable or disable at their discretion
1659 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1660 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1661
1662 /**
1663 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1664 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1665 * spam relay.
1666 */
1667 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1671 */
1672 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1676 * user talk page.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1682 * allowed this in the preferences.
1683 */
1684 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1685
1686 /**
1687 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1688 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1689 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1690 */
1691 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1695 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1696 *
1697 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1698 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1699 */
1700 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1704 * match the limit on your mail server.
1705 */
1706 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1707
1708 /**
1709 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1710 */
1711 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1715 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1716 */
1717 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1718
1719 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1720
1721 /************************************************************************//**
1722 * @name Database settings
1723 * @{
1724 */
1725
1726 /**
1727 * Database host name or IP address
1728 */
1729 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1730
1731 /**
1732 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1733 */
1734 $wgDBport = 5432;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Name of the database
1738 */
1739 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1740
1741 /**
1742 * Database username
1743 */
1744 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1745
1746 /**
1747 * Database user's password
1748 */
1749 $wgDBpassword = '';
1750
1751 /**
1752 * Database type
1753 */
1754 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1758 *
1759 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1760 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1761 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1762 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1763 */
1764 $wgDBssl = false;
1765
1766 /**
1767 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1768 *
1769 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1770 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1771 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1772 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1773 */
1774 $wgDBcompress = false;
1775
1776 /**
1777 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1778 */
1779 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1780
1781 /**
1782 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1783 */
1784 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Search type.
1788 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1789 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1790 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1791 */
1792 $wgSearchType = null;
1793
1794 /**
1795 * Alternative search types
1796 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1797 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1798 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1799 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1800 */
1801 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Table name prefix
1805 */
1806 $wgDBprefix = '';
1807
1808 /**
1809 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1810 */
1811 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1812
1813 /**
1814 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1815 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1816 * DBA has done his best job.
1817 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1818 */
1819 $wgSQLMode = '';
1820
1821 /**
1822 * Mediawiki schema
1823 */
1824 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1828 */
1829 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1833 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1834 * Useful for debugging.
1835 */
1836 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1840 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1841 * main database.
1842 *
1843 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1844 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1845 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1846 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1847 *
1848 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1849 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1850 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1851 *
1852 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1853 * $wgDBprefix.
1854 *
1855 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1856 * $wgDBmwschema.
1857 *
1858 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1859 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1860 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1861 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1862 */
1863 $wgSharedDB = null;
1864
1865 /**
1866 * @see $wgSharedDB
1867 */
1868 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * @see $wgSharedDB
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 * @since 1.23
1878 */
1879 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1880
1881 /**
1882 * Database load balancer
1883 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1884 * Fields are:
1885 * - host: Host name
1886 * - dbname: Default database name
1887 * - user: DB user
1888 * - password: DB password
1889 * - type: DB type
1890 *
1891 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1892 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1893 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1894 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1895 *
1896 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1897 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1898 *
1899 * - flags: bit field
1900 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1901 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1902 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1903 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1904 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1905 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1906 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1907 * if available
1908 *
1909 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1910 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1911 *
1912 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1913 * variable of the Database object.
1914 *
1915 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1916 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1917 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1918 *
1919 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1920 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1921 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1922 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1923 *
1924 * @code
1925 * SET @@read_only=1;
1926 * @endcode
1927 *
1928 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1929 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1930 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1931 */
1932 $wgDBservers = false;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * Load balancer factory configuration
1936 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1937 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1938 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1939 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1940 *
1941 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1942 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1943 */
1944 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1945
1946 /**
1947 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1948 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1949 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1950 * @since 1.27
1951 */
1952 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1953
1954 /**
1955 * File to log database errors to
1956 */
1957 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1958
1959 /**
1960 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1961 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1962 *
1963 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1964 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1965 *
1966 * @par Examples:
1967 * @code
1968 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1969 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1970 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1971 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1972 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1973 * @endcode
1974 *
1975 * @since 1.20
1976 */
1977 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1978
1979 /**
1980 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1981 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1982 *
1983 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1984 *
1985 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1986 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1987 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1988 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1989 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1990 *
1991 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1992 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1993 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1994 */
1995 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1996
1997 /**
1998 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1999 *
2000 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2001 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2002 * block).
2003 *
2004 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2005 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2006 * connections.
2007 *
2008 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2009 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2010 * pooled.
2011 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2012 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2013 *
2014 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2015 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2016 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2017 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2018 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2019 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2020 *
2021 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2022 *
2023 */
2024 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2025
2026 /**
2027 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2028 * account.
2029 * Array numeric key => database name
2030 */
2031 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2032
2033 /**
2034 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2035 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2036 * show a more obvious warning.
2037 */
2038 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2039
2040 /**
2041 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2042 */
2043 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2044
2045 /**
2046 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2047 */
2048 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2049
2050 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2051
2052 /************************************************************************//**
2053 * @name Text storage
2054 * @{
2055 */
2056
2057 /**
2058 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2059 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2060 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2061 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2062 */
2063 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2064
2065 /**
2066 * External stores allow including content
2067 * from non database sources following URL links.
2068 *
2069 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2070 * @code
2071 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2072 * @endcode
2073 *
2074 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2075 */
2076 $wgExternalStores = [];
2077
2078 /**
2079 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2080 *
2081 * @par Example:
2082 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2083 * @code
2084 * $wgExternalServers = [
2085 * 'cluster1' => [ 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' ]
2086 * ];
2087 * @endcode
2088 *
2089 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2090 * another class.
2091 */
2092 $wgExternalServers = [];
2093
2094 /**
2095 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2096 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2097 *
2098 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2099 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2100 *
2101 * @par Example:
2102 * @code
2103 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2104 * @endcode
2105 *
2106 * @var array
2107 */
2108 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2109
2110 /**
2111 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2112 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2113 *
2114 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2115 */
2116 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2117
2118 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2119
2120 /************************************************************************//**
2121 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2122 * @{
2123 */
2124
2125 /**
2126 * Disable database-intensive features
2127 */
2128 $wgMiserMode = false;
2129
2130 /**
2131 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2132 */
2133 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2134
2135 /**
2136 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2137 */
2138 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2142 */
2143 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2144
2145 /**
2146 * Enable slow parser functions
2147 */
2148 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2149
2150 /**
2151 * Allow schema updates
2152 */
2153 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2154
2155 /**
2156 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2157 */
2158 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2159
2160 /**
2161 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2162 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2163 */
2164 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2165
2166 /**
2167 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2168 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2169 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2170 * @since 1.26
2171 */
2172 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2173
2174 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2175
2176 /************************************************************************//**
2177 * @name Cache settings
2178 * @{
2179 */
2180
2181 /**
2182 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2183 * from the web.
2184 *
2185 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2186 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2187 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2188 */
2189 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2190
2191 /**
2192 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2193 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2194 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2195 *
2196 * The options are:
2197 *
2198 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2199 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2200 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2201 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2202 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2203 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2204 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2205 *
2206 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2207 */
2208 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2209
2210 /**
2211 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2212 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2213 *
2214 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2215 */
2216 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2217
2218 /**
2219 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2220 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2221 *
2222 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2223 */
2224 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2225
2226 /**
2227 * The cache type for storing session data.
2228 *
2229 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2230 */
2231 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2232
2233 /**
2234 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2235 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2236 *
2237 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2238 *
2239 * @since 1.20
2240 */
2241 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2242
2243 /**
2244 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2245 *
2246 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2247 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2248 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2249 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2252 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2253 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2254 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2255 */
2256 $wgObjectCaches = [
2257 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2258 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2259
2260 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2261 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2262 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2263
2264 'db-replicated' => [
2265 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2266 'readFactory' => [
2267 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2268 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2269 ],
2270 'writeFactory' => [
2271 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2272 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2273 ],
2274 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2275 ],
2276
2277 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2278 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2279 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2280 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2281 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2282 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2283 ];
2284
2285 /**
2286 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2287 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2288 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2289 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2290 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2291 *
2292 * The options are:
2293 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2294 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2295 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2296 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2297 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2298 * @since 1.26
2299 */
2300 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2304 *
2305 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2306 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2307 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2308 *
2309 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2310 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2311 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2312 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2313 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2314 *
2315 * @since 1.26
2316 */
2317 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2318 CACHE_NONE => [
2319 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2320 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2321 'channels' => []
2322 ]
2323 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2324 'memcached-php' => [
2325 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2326 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2327 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2328 ]
2329 */
2330 ];
2331
2332 /**
2333 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2334 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2335 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2336 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2337 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2338 *
2339 * The options are:
2340 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2341 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2342 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2343 *
2344 * @since 1.26
2345 */
2346 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2347
2348 /**
2349 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2350 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2351 */
2352 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2353
2354 /**
2355 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2356 *
2357 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2358 */
2359 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2363 */
2364 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2365
2366 /**
2367 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2368 */
2369 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2370
2371 /**
2372 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2373 */
2374 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2375
2376 /**
2377 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2378 *
2379 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2380 *
2381 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2382 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2383 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2384 * others' cookies.
2385 *
2386 * @since 1.27
2387 * @var string
2388 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2389 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2390 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2391 */
2392 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2393
2394 /**
2395 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2396 *
2397 * @since 1.28
2398 */
2399 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2400
2401 /**
2402 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2403 */
2404 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2405
2406 /**
2407 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2408 */
2409 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2410
2411 /**
2412 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2413 * requests.
2414 */
2415 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2416
2417 /**
2418 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2419 */
2420 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2421
2422 /**
2423 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2424 *
2425 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2426 *
2427 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2428 *
2429 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2430 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2431 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2432 */
2433 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2434
2435 /**
2436 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2437 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2438 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2439 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2440 */
2441 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2442
2443 /**
2444 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2445 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2446 *
2447 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2448 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2449 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2450 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2451 * otherwise the database will be used.
2452 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2453 * store static arrays.
2454 *
2455 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2456 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2457 *
2458 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2459 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2460 * will be used.
2461 *
2462 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2463 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2464 */
2465 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2466 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2467 'store' => 'detect',
2468 'storeClass' => false,
2469 'storeDirectory' => false,
2470 'manualRecache' => false,
2471 ];
2472
2473 /**
2474 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2475 */
2476 $wgCachePages = true;
2477
2478 /**
2479 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2480 * client-side and server-side caching.
2481 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2482 * @verbatim
2483 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2484 * @endverbatim
2485 */
2486 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2487
2488 /**
2489 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2490 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2491 */
2492 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2493
2494 /**
2495 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2496 *
2497 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2498 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2499 * styles.
2500 */
2501 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2502
2503 /**
2504 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2505 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2506 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2507 */
2508 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2509
2510 /**
2511 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2512 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2513 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2514 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2515 */
2516 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2520 * @deprecated 1.26
2521 */
2522 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2526 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2527 */
2528 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2529
2530 /**
2531 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2532 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2533 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2534 *
2535 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2536 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2537 * don't update as expected.
2538 */
2539 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2543 */
2544 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2545
2546 /**
2547 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2548 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2549 *
2550 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2551 */
2552 $wgUseGzip = false;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2556 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2557 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2558 * a grace period.
2559 */
2560 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2561
2562 /**
2563 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2564 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2565 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2566 *
2567 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2568 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2569 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2570 */
2571 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2572
2573 /**
2574 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2575 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2576 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2577 *
2578 * @par Example:
2579 * @code
2580 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2581 * @endcode
2582 *
2583 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2584 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2585 *
2586 * @var int|bool
2587 */
2588 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2589
2590 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2591
2592 /************************************************************************//**
2593 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2594 *
2595 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2596 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2597 *
2598 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2599 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2600 * more details.
2601 *
2602 * @{
2603 */
2604
2605 /**
2606 * Enable/disable CDN.
2607 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2608 */
2609 $wgUseSquid = false;
2610
2611 /**
2612 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2613 */
2614 $wgUseESI = false;
2615
2616 /**
2617 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2618 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2619 * @since 1.27
2620 */
2621 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2622
2623 /**
2624 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2625 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2626 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2627 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2628 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2629 * HTTP redirects.
2630 */
2631 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2632
2633 /**
2634 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2635 *
2636 * @par Example:
2637 * @code
2638 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2639 * @endcode
2640 */
2641 $wgInternalServer = false;
2642
2643 /**
2644 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2645 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2646 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2647 *
2648 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2649 */
2650 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2651
2652 /**
2653 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2654 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2655 * @since 1.27
2656 */
2657 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2658
2659 /**
2660 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2661 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2662 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2663 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2664 *
2665 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2666 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2667 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2668 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2669 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2670 *
2671 * @since 1.27
2672 */
2673 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2674
2675 /**
2676 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2677 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2678 * @since 1.27
2679 */
2680 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2684 *
2685 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2686 */
2687 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2691 *
2692 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2693 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2694 *
2695 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2696 */
2697 $wgSquidServers = [];
2698
2699 /**
2700 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2701 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2702 * CIDR blocks.
2703 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2704 */
2705 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2706
2707 /**
2708 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2709 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2710 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2711 *
2712 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2713 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2714 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2715 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2716 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2717 *
2718 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2719 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2720 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2721 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2722 * reverse).
2723 *
2724 * @since 1.21
2725 */
2726 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2727
2728 /**
2729 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2730 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2731 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2732 *
2733 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2734 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2735 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2736 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2737 *
2738 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2739 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2740 * @code
2741 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2742 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2743 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2744 * 'port' => 4827,
2745 * ],
2746 * '' => [
2747 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2748 * 'port' => 4827,
2749 * ],
2750 * ];
2751 * @endcode
2752 *
2753 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2754 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2755 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2756 *
2757 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2758 * @code
2759 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2760 * '' => [
2761 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2762 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2763 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2764 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2765 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2766 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2767 * ],
2768 * ];
2769 * @endcode
2770 *
2771 * @since 1.22
2772 *
2773 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2774 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2775 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2776 *
2777 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2778 */
2779 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2780
2781 /**
2782 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2783 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2784 */
2785 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2786
2787 /**
2788 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2789 */
2790 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2791
2792 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2793
2794 /************************************************************************//**
2795 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2796 * @{
2797 */
2798
2799 /**
2800 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2801 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2802 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2803 *
2804 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2805 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2806 *
2807 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2808 * change it in their preferences.
2809 *
2810 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2811 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2812 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2813 */
2814 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2815
2816 /**
2817 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2818 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2819 */
2820 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2821
2822 /**
2823 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2824 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2825 *
2826 * @par Example:
2827 * @code
2828 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2829 * @endcode
2830 */
2831 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2832
2833 /**
2834 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2835 */
2836 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2837
2838 /**
2839 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2840 */
2841 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2842
2843 /**
2844 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2845 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2846 * Notes:
2847 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2848 * map.
2849 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2850 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2851 * this array.
2852 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2853 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2854 * the prefix in this array.
2855 */
2856 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2857
2858 /**
2859 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2860 */
2861 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2862
2863 /**
2864 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2865 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2866 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2867 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2868 */
2869 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2870 'als' => 'gsw',
2871 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2872 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2873 'bh' => 'bho',
2874 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2875 'no' => 'nb',
2876 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2877 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2878 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2879 'simple' => 'en',
2880 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2881 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2882 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2883 ];
2884
2885 /**
2886 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2887 * may be defined.
2888 *
2889 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2890 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2891 */
2892 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2893
2894 /**
2895 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2896 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2897 * set to "ar".
2898 *
2899 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2900 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2901 */
2902 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2903
2904 /**
2905 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2906 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2907 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2908 * support these characters.
2909 *
2910 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2911 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2912 */
2913 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2914
2915 /**
2916 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2917 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2918 * impact.
2919 *
2920 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2921 * details.
2922 *
2923 * @since 1.17
2924 */
2925 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2926
2927 /**
2928 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2929 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2930 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2931 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2932 *
2933 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2934 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2935 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2936 */
2937 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2938
2939 /**
2940 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2941 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2942 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2943 */
2944 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2945 /**
2946 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2947 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2948 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2949 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2950 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2951 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2952 *
2953 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2954 */
2955 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2956 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2957 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2958
2959 /**
2960 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2961 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2962 *
2963 * Known useragents:
2964 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2965 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2966 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2967 * - [...]
2968 *
2969 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2970 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2971 */
2972 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2973
2974 /**
2975 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2976 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2977 */
2978 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2979 ];
2980
2981 /**
2982 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2983 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2984 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2985 *
2986 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2987 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2988 * to remain viewable.
2989 *
2990 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2991 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2992 */
2993 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2994
2995 /**
2996 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2997 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2998 */
2999 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3000
3001 /**
3002 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3003 * numerals in interface.
3004 */
3005 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3006
3007 /**
3008 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3009 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3010 */
3011 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3012
3013 /**
3014 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3015 */
3016 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3020 */
3021 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3022
3023 /**
3024 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3025 */
3026 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3027
3028 /**
3029 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3030 */
3031 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3032
3033 /**
3034 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3035 */
3036 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3040 *
3041 * @par Example:
3042 * @code
3043 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3044 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3045 * @endcode
3046 */
3047 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3051 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3052 * language variant.
3053 *
3054 * @par Example:
3055 * @code
3056 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3057 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3058 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3059 * @endcode
3060 *
3061 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3062 *
3063 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3064 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3065 */
3066 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3067
3068 /**
3069 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3070 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3071 * customise these.
3072 */
3073 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3074
3075 /**
3076 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3077 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3078 *
3079 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3080 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3081 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3082 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3083 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3084 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3085 * the default behavior.
3086 *
3087 * @par Example:
3088 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3089 * portal:
3090 * @code
3091 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3092 * @endcode
3093 */
3094 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3095
3096 /**
3097 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3098 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3099 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3100 *
3101 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3102 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3103 *
3104 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3105 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3106 *
3107 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3108 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3109 *
3110 * @par Examples:
3111 * @code
3112 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3113 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3114 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3115 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3116 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3117 * @endcode
3118 */
3119 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3120
3121 /**
3122 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3123 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3124 *
3125 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3126 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3127 *
3128 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3129 */
3130 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3131
3132 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3133
3134 /*************************************************************************//**
3135 * @name Output format and skin settings
3136 * @{
3137 */
3138
3139 /**
3140 * The default Content-Type header.
3141 */
3142 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3143
3144 /**
3145 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3146 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3147 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3148 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3149 * @deprecated since 1.22
3150 */
3151 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3152
3153 /**
3154 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3155 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3156 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3157 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3158 * @deprecated since 1.22
3159 */
3160 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3161
3162 /**
3163 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3164 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3165 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3166 * to true by Setup.php.
3167 * @deprecated since 1.22
3168 */
3169 $wgHtml5 = true;
3170
3171 /**
3172 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3173 *
3174 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3175 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3176 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3177 * @since 1.16
3178 */
3179 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3180
3181 /**
3182 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3183 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3184 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3185 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3186 * @since 1.24
3187 */
3188 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3189
3190 /**
3191 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3192 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3193 * stable and change has been communicated.
3194 * @since 1.24
3195 */
3196 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3197
3198 /**
3199 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3200 *
3201 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3202 *
3203 * @par Example:
3204 * @code
3205 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3206 * @endcode
3207 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3208 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3209 *
3210 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3211 */
3212 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3213
3214 /**
3215 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3216 *
3217 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3218 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3219 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3220 */
3221 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3222
3223 /**
3224 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3225 */
3226 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3227
3228 /**
3229 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3230 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3231 */
3232 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3233
3234 /**
3235 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3236 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3237 */
3238 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3242 *
3243 * @since 1.24
3244 */
3245 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3246
3247 /**
3248 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3249 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3250 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3251 */
3252 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3253
3254 /**
3255 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3256 */
3257 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3258
3259 /**
3260 * Allow user Javascript page?
3261 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3262 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3263 */
3264 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3265
3266 /**
3267 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3268 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3269 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3270 */
3271 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3275 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3276 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3277 */
3278 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3282 */
3283 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3287 */
3288 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3289
3290 /**
3291 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3292 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3293 */
3294 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3295
3296 /**
3297 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3298 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3299 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3300 *
3301 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3302 *
3303 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3304 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3305 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3306 *
3307 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3308 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3309 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3310 * recommended.
3311 *
3312 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3313 * not just edit pages.
3314 */
3315 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3316
3317 /**
3318 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3319 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3320 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3321 * Options are:
3322 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3323 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3324 * - false: Allow all framing.
3325 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3326 */
3327 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3328
3329 /**
3330 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3331 */
3332 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3336 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3337 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3338 *
3339 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3340 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3341 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3342 */
3343 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3344
3345 /**
3346 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3347 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3348 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3349 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3350 *
3351 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3352 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3353 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3354 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3355 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3356 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3357 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3358 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3359 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3360 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3361 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3362 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3363 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3364 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3365 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3366 * not be outputted
3367 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3368 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3369 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3370 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3371 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3372 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3373 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3374 */
3375 $wgFooterIcons = [
3376 "copyright" => [
3377 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3378 ],
3379 "poweredby" => [
3380 "mediawiki" => [
3381 // Defaults to point at
3382 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3383 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3384 "src" => null,
3385 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3386 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3387 ]
3388 ],
3389 ];
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3393 * to create an account.
3394 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3395 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3396 */
3397 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3398
3399 /**
3400 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3401 */
3402 $wgEdititis = false;
3403
3404 /**
3405 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3406 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3407 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3408 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3409 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3410 *
3411 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3412 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3413 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3414 */
3415 $wgSend404Code = true;
3416
3417 /**
3418 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3419 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3420 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3421 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3422 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3423 *
3424 * @since 1.20
3425 */
3426 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3427
3428 /**
3429 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3430 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3431 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3432 * unconditionally.
3433 */
3434 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3435
3436 /**
3437 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3438 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3439 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3440 * the domain root.
3441 *
3442 * @since 1.25
3443 */
3444 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3445
3446 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3447
3448 /*************************************************************************//**
3449 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3450 * @{
3451 */
3452
3453 /**
3454 * Client-side resource modules.
3455 *
3456 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3457 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3458 *
3459 * @par Example:
3460 * @code
3461 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3462 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3463 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3464 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3465 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3466 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3467 * ];
3468 * @endcode
3469 */
3470 $wgResourceModules = [];
3471
3472 /**
3473 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3474 *
3475 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3476 * not be modified or disabled.
3477 *
3478 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3479 *
3480 * @par Example:
3481 * @code
3482 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3483 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3484 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3485 * ];
3486 *
3487 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3488 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3489 * ];
3490 * @endcode
3491 *
3492 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3493 *
3494 * @par Equivalent:
3495 * @code
3496 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3497 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3498 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3499 * 'skinStyles' => [
3500 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3501 * ],
3502 * ];
3503 * @endcode
3504 *
3505 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3506 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3507 *
3508 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3509 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3510 *
3511 * @par Example:
3512 * @code
3513 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3514 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3515 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3516 * 'skinStyles' => [
3517 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3518 * ],
3519 * ];
3520 * // Note the '+' character:
3521 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3522 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3523 * ];
3524 * @endcode
3525 *
3526 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3527 *
3528 * @par Equivalent:
3529 * @code
3530 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3531 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3532 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3533 * 'skinStyles' => [
3534 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3535 * 'foo' => [
3536 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3537 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3538 * ],
3539 * ],
3540 * ];
3541 * @endcode
3542 *
3543 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3544 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3545 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3546 *
3547 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3548 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3549 *
3550 * @par Example:
3551 * @code
3552 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3553 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3554 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3555 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3556 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3557 * ];
3558 * @endcode
3559 */
3560 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3561
3562 /**
3563 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3564 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3565 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3566 *
3567 * @par Example:
3568 * @code
3569 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3570 * @endcode
3571 */
3572 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3573
3574 /**
3575 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3576 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3577 */
3578 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3579
3580 /**
3581 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3582 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3583 *
3584 * Following options to distinguish:
3585 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3586 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3587 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3588 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3589 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3590 *
3591 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3592 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3593 * client and MediaWiki.
3594 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3595 */
3596 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3597 'versioned' => [
3598 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3599 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3600 ],
3601 'unversioned' => [
3602 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3603 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3604 ],
3605 ];
3606
3607 /**
3608 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3609 *
3610 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3611 */
3612 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3613
3614 /**
3615 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3616 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3617 *
3618 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3619 */
3620 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3621
3622 /**
3623 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3624 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3625 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3626 *
3627 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3628 */
3629 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3630
3631 /**
3632 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3633 *
3634 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3635 */
3636 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3637
3638 /**
3639 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3640 *
3641 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3642 * work.
3643 *
3644 * @par Example of legacy code:
3645 * @code{,js}
3646 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3647 * @endcode
3648 * or:
3649 * @code{,js}
3650 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3651 * @endcode
3652 *
3653 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3654 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3655 * @code{,js}
3656 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3657 * @endcode
3658 * or:
3659 * @code{,js}
3660 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3661 * @endcode
3662 */
3663 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3664
3665 /**
3666 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3667 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3668 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3669 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3670 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3671 * that you can't increase.
3672 *
3673 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3674 * string length limit.
3675 *
3676 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3677 */
3678 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3679
3680 /**
3681 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3682 * prior to minification to validate it.
3683 *
3684 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3685 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3686 */
3687 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3688
3689 /**
3690 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3691 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3692 *
3693 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3694 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3695 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3696 */
3697 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3698
3699 /**
3700 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3701 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3702 *
3703 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3704 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3705 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3706 *
3707 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3708 *
3709 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3710 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3711 *
3712 * @par Example:
3713 * @code
3714 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3715 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3716 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3717 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3718 * ];
3719 * @endcode
3720 * @since 1.22
3721 */
3722 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3723 /**
3724 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3725 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3726 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3727 * @since 1.27
3728 */
3729 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3730 ];
3731
3732 /**
3733 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3734 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3735 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3736 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3737 *
3738 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3739 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3740 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3741 * files from its own tree.
3742 *
3743 * @since 1.22
3744 */
3745 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3746 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3747 ];
3748
3749 /**
3750 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3751 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3752 *
3753 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3754 */
3755 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3756
3757 /**
3758 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3759 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3760 *
3761 * @since 1.23
3762 */
3763 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3764
3765 /**
3766 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3767 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3768 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3769 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3770 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3771 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3772 * from the rest of the site.
3773 *
3774 * @since 1.25
3775 */
3776 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3777
3778 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3779
3780 /*************************************************************************//**
3781 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3782 * @{
3783 */
3784
3785 /**
3786 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3787 * used instead.
3788 */
3789 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3790
3791 /**
3792 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3793 *
3794 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3795 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3796 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3797 */
3798 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3802 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3803 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3804 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3805 * hook or extension.json.
3806 *
3807 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3808 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3809 * the new namespace name.
3810 *
3811 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3812 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3813 *
3814 * @par Example:
3815 * @code
3816 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3817 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3818 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3819 * 102 => "Aide",
3820 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3821 * ];
3822 * @endcode
3823 *
3824 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3825 */
3826 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3827
3828 /**
3829 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3830 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3831 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3832 * @since 1.18
3833 */
3834 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3835
3836 /**
3837 * Namespace aliases.
3838 *
3839 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3840 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3841 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3842 * name.
3843 *
3844 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3845 *
3846 * @par Example:
3847 * @code
3848 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3849 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3850 * 'Help' => 100,
3851 * ];
3852 * @endcode
3853 */
3854 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3855
3856 /**
3857 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3858 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3859 *
3860 * Problematic punctuation:
3861 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3862 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3863 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3864 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3865 * corrupted by apache
3866 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3867 *
3868 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3869 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3870 *
3871 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3872 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3873 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3874 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3875 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3876 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3877 *
3878 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3879 *
3880 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3881 * this breaks interlanguage links
3882 */
3883 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3884
3885 /**
3886 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3887 *
3888 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3889 */
3890 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3891
3892 /**
3893 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3894 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3895 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3896 *
3897 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3898 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3899 */
3900 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3901
3902 /**
3903 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3904 */
3905 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3906
3907 /**
3908 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3909 * @{
3910 */
3911
3912 /**
3913 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3914 * database (.cdb) file.
3915 *
3916 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3917 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3918 * formats such as the following:
3919 *
3920 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3921 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3922 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3923 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3924 *
3925 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3926 * data layout.
3927 *
3928 * @var bool|array|string
3929 */
3930 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3931
3932 /**
3933 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3934 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3935 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3936 * - 3: site levels
3937 */
3938 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3939
3940 /**
3941 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3942 */
3943 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3944
3945 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3946
3947 /**
3948 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3949 * @{
3950 */
3951
3952 /**
3953 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3954 */
3955 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3956
3957 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3958
3959 /**
3960 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3961 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3962 * as 'redirected from' links.
3963 *
3964 * @par Example:
3965 * It might look something like this:
3966 * @code
3967 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3968 * @endcode
3969 *
3970 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3971 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3972 * the URL.
3973 */
3974 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3975
3976 /**
3977 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3978 *
3979 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3980 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3981 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3982 */
3983 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3984
3985 /**
3986 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3987 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3988 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3989 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3990 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3991 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3992 * NS_FILE.
3993 *
3994 * @par Example:
3995 * @code
3996 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3997 * @endcode
3998 */
3999 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4000
4001 /**
4002 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4003 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4004 */
4005 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4006 NS_TALK => true,
4007 NS_USER => true,
4008 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4009 NS_PROJECT => true,
4010 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4011 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4012 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4013 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4014 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4015 NS_HELP => true,
4016 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4017 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4018 ];
4019
4020 /**
4021 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4022 *
4023 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4024 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4025 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4026 *
4027 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4028 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4029 *
4030 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4031 * the new extension registration system.
4032 *
4033 * @since 1.23
4034 */
4035 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4036
4037 /**
4038 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4039 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4040 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4041 * number of articles in the wiki.
4042 */
4043 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4044
4045 /**
4046 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4047 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4048 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4049 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4050 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4051 */
4052 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4053
4054 /**
4055 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4056 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4057 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4058 */
4059 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4060
4061 /**
4062 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4063 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4064 * will make the redirect fail.
4065 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4066 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4067 *
4068 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4069 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4070 */
4071 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4072
4073 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4074
4075 /************************************************************************//**
4076 * @name Parser settings
4077 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4078 * @{
4079 */
4080
4081 /**
4082 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4083 *
4084 * class The class name
4085 *
4086 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4087 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4088 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4089 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4090 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4091 *
4092 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4093 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4094 *
4095 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4096 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4097 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4098 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4099 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4100 * an extension setup function.
4101 */
4102 $wgParserConf = [
4103 'class' => 'Parser',
4104 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4105 ];
4106
4107 /**
4108 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4109 */
4110 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4111
4112 /**
4113 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4114 * by PPFrame::expand()
4115 */
4116 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4117
4118 /**
4119 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4120 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4121 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4122 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4123 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4124 *
4125 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4126 */
4127 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4128
4129 /**
4130 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4131 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4132 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4133 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4134 */
4135 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4136
4137 /**
4138 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4139 */
4140 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4141
4142 /**
4143 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4144 *
4145 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4146 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4147 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4148 * more information.
4149 *
4150 * @see wfParseUrl
4151 */
4152 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4153 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4154 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4155 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4156 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4157 ];
4158
4159 /**
4160 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4161 */
4162 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4163
4164 /**
4165 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4166 */
4167 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4168
4169 /**
4170 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4171 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4172 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4173 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4174 *
4175 * @par Examples:
4176 * @code
4177 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4178 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4179 * @endcode
4180 */
4181 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4182
4183 /**
4184 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4185 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4186 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4187 * The image will be displayed.
4188 *
4189 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4190 * Or false to disable it
4191 */
4192 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4193
4194 /**
4195 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4196 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4197 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4198 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4199 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4200 * sites they control.
4201 */
4202 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4206 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4207 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4208 *
4209 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4210 * parameters will be used instead.
4211 *
4212 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4213 *
4214 * Keys are:
4215 * - driver: May be:
4216 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4217 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4218 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4219 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4220 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4221 *
4222 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4223 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4224 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4225 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4226 */
4227 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4228
4229 /**
4230 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4231 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4232 */
4233 $wgUseTidy = false;
4234
4235 /**
4236 * The path to the tidy binary.
4237 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4238 */
4239 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4240
4241 /**
4242 * The path to the tidy config file
4243 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4244 */
4245 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4246
4247 /**
4248 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4249 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4250 */
4251 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4252
4253 /**
4254 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4255 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4256 */
4257 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4261 * Only works for internal tidy.
4262 */
4263 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4264
4265 /**
4266 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4267 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4268 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4269 */
4270 $wgRawHtml = false;
4271
4272 /**
4273 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4274 *
4275 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4276 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4277 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4278 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4279 * to some of your users.
4280 */
4281 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4282
4283 /**
4284 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4285 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4286 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4287 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4288 */
4289 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4290
4291 /**
4292 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4293 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4294 */
4295 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4296
4297 /**
4298 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4299 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4300 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4301 *
4302 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4303 *
4304 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4305 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4306 * etc.
4307 *
4308 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4309 */
4310 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4311
4312 /**
4313 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4314 */
4315 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4316
4317 /**
4318 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4319 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4320 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4321 */
4322 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4323
4324 /**
4325 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4326 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4327 */
4328 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4332 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4333 */
4334 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4338 */
4339 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4343 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4344 */
4345 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4346
4347 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4348
4349 /************************************************************************//**
4350 * @name Statistics
4351 * @{
4352 */
4353
4354 /**
4355 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4356 * as a valid article.
4357 *
4358 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4359 *
4360 * This variable can have the following values:
4361 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4362 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4363 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4364 *
4365 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4366 *
4367 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4368 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4369 * script.
4370 */
4371 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4372
4373 /**
4374 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4375 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4376 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4377 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4378 * numbers between different wikis.
4379 */
4380 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4381
4382 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4383
4384 /************************************************************************//**
4385 * @name User accounts, authentication
4386 * @{
4387 */
4388
4389 /**
4390 * Central ID lookup providers
4391 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4392 * @since 1.27
4393 */
4394 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4395 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4396 ];
4397
4398 /**
4399 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4400 * @var string
4401 */
4402 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4406 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4407 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4408 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4409 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4410 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4411 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4412 * Statements:
4413 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4414 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4415 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4416 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4417 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4418 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4419 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4420 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4421 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4422 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4423 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4424 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4425 * @since 1.26
4426 */
4427 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4428 'policies' => [
4429 'bureaucrat' => [
4430 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4431 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4432 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4433 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4434 ],
4435 'sysop' => [
4436 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4437 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4438 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4439 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4440 ],
4441 'bot' => [
4442 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4443 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4444 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4445 ],
4446 'default' => [
4447 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4448 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4449 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4450 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4451 ],
4452 ],
4453 'checks' => [
4454 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4455 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4457 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4458 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4459 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4460 ],
4461 ];
4462
4463 /**
4464 * Disable AuthManager
4465 * @since 1.27
4466 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4467 */
4468 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4469
4470 /**
4471 * Configure AuthManager
4472 *
4473 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4474 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4475 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4476 * (default is 0).
4477 *
4478 * Elements are:
4479 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4480 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4481 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4482 *
4483 * @since 1.27
4484 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4485 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4486 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4487 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4488 */
4489 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4490
4491 /**
4492 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4493 * @since 1.27
4494 */
4495 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4496 'preauth' => [
4497 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4498 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4499 'sort' => 0,
4500 ],
4501 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4502 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4503 'sort' => 0,
4504 ],
4505 ],
4506 'primaryauth' => [
4507 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4508 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4509 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4510 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4511 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4512 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4513 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4514 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4515 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4516 'args' => [ [
4517 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4518 'authoritative' => false,
4519 ] ],
4520 'sort' => 0,
4521 ],
4522 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4523 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4524 'args' => [ [
4525 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4526 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4527 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4528 // password") if it too fails.
4529 'authoritative' => true,
4530 ] ],
4531 'sort' => 100,
4532 ],
4533 ],
4534 'secondaryauth' => [
4535 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4536 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4537 'sort' => 0,
4538 ],
4539 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4540 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4541 'sort' => 100,
4542 ],
4543 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4544 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 // 'sort' => 100,
4547 // ],
4548 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4549 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4550 'sort' => 200,
4551 ],
4552 ],
4553 ];
4554
4555 /**
4556 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4557 *
4558 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4559 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4560 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4561 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4562 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4563 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4564 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4565 * that needs to do this.
4566 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4567 * the last X seconds.
4568 * - Come up with a third option.
4569 *
4570 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4571 * "X seconds".
4572 *
4573 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4574 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4575 * - LinkAccounts
4576 * - UnlinkAccount
4577 * - ChangeCredentials
4578 * - RemoveCredentials
4579 * - ChangeEmail
4580 *
4581 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4582 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4583 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4584 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4585 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4586 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4587 *
4588 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4589 *
4590 * @since 1.27
4591 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4592 */
4593 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4594 'default' => 300,
4595 ];
4596
4597 /**
4598 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4599 *
4600 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4601 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4602 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4603 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4604 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4605 *
4606 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4607 *
4608 * @since 1.27
4609 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4610 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4611 */
4612 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4613 'default' => true,
4614 ];
4615
4616 /**
4617 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4618 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4619 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4620 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4621 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4622 * @since 1.27
4623 * @var string[]
4624 */
4625 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4626 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4627 ];
4628
4629 /**
4630 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4631 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4632 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4633 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4634 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4635 * @since 1.27
4636 * @var string[]
4637 */
4638 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4639 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4640 ];
4641
4642 /**
4643 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4644 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4645 */
4646 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4647
4648 /**
4649 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4650 * words are allowed.
4651 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4652 */
4653 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4654
4655 /**
4656 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4657 *
4658 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4659 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4660 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4661 *
4662 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4663 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4664 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4665 */
4666 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4667
4668 /**
4669 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4670 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4671 * @since 1.23
4672 */
4673 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4674
4675 /**
4676 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4677 *
4678 * @since 1.24
4679 */
4680 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4681
4682 /**
4683 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4684 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4685 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4686 *
4687 * An advanced example:
4688 * @code
4689 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4690 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4691 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4692 * 'secrets' => [],
4693 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4694 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4695 * 'cost' => 5,
4696 * ];
4697 * @endcode
4698 *
4699 * @since 1.24
4700 */
4701 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4702 'A' => [
4703 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4704 ],
4705 'B' => [
4706 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4707 ],
4708 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4709 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4710 'types' => [
4711 'A',
4712 'pbkdf2',
4713 ],
4714 ],
4715 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4716 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4717 'types' => [
4718 'B',
4719 'pbkdf2',
4720 ],
4721 ],
4722 'bcrypt' => [
4723 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4724 'cost' => 9,
4725 ],
4726 'pbkdf2' => [
4727 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4728 'algo' => 'sha512',
4729 'cost' => '30000',
4730 'length' => '64',
4731 ],
4732 ];
4733
4734 /**
4735 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4736 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4737 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4738 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4739 */
4740 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4741 'username' => true,
4742 'email' => true,
4743 ];
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4747 */
4748 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4749
4750 /**
4751 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4752 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4753 */
4754 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4758 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4759 */
4760 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4761 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4762 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4763 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4764 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4765 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4766 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4767 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4768 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4769 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4770 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4771 ];
4772
4773 /**
4774 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4775 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4776 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4777 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4778 */
4779 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4780 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4781 'cols' => 80,
4782 'date' => 'default',
4783 'diffonly' => 0,
4784 'disablemail' => 0,
4785 'editfont' => 'default',
4786 'editondblclick' => 0,
4787 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4788 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4789 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4790 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4791 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4792 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4793 'fancysig' => 0,
4794 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4795 'gender' => 'unknown',
4796 'hideminor' => 0,
4797 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4798 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4799 'imagesize' => 2,
4800 'math' => 1,
4801 'minordefault' => 0,
4802 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4803 'nickname' => '',
4804 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4805 'numberheadings' => 0,
4806 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4807 'previewontop' => 1,
4808 'rcdays' => 7,
4809 'rclimit' => 50,
4810 'rows' => 25,
4811 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4812 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4813 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4814 'skin' => false,
4815 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4816 'thumbsize' => 5,
4817 'underline' => 2,
4818 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4819 'usenewrc' => 1,
4820 'watchcreations' => 1,
4821 'watchdefault' => 1,
4822 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4823 'watchuploads' => 1,
4824 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4825 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4826 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4827 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4828 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4829 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4830 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4831 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4832 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4833 'watchmoves' => 0,
4834 'watchrollback' => 0,
4835 'wllimit' => 250,
4836 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4837 'prefershttps' => 1,
4838 ];
4839
4840 /**
4841 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4842 */
4843 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4844
4845 /**
4846 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4847 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4848 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4849 */
4850 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4851
4852 /**
4853 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4854 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4855 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4856 *
4857 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4858 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4859 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4860 */
4861 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4862
4863 /**
4864 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4865 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4866 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4867 * @since 1.17
4868 */
4869 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4870
4871 /**
4872 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4873 *
4874 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4875 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4876 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4877 *
4878 * @since 1.27
4879 * @var string|null
4880 */
4881 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4882
4883 /**
4884 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4885 *
4886 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4887 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4888 *
4889 * @since 1.27
4890 */
4891 $wgSessionProviders = [
4892 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4893 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4894 'args' => [ [
4895 'priority' => 30,
4896 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4897 ] ],
4898 ],
4899 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4900 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4901 'args' => [ [
4902 'priority' => 75,
4903 ] ],
4904 ],
4905 ];
4906
4907 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4908
4909 /************************************************************************//**
4910 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4911 * @{
4912 */
4913
4914 /**
4915 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4916 */
4917 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4918
4919 /**
4920 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4921 */
4922 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4923
4924 /**
4925 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4926 */
4927 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4931 *
4932 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4933 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4934 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4935 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4936 *
4937 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4938 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4939 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4940 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4941 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4942 */
4943 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4944 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4945 'IPv6' => 19,
4946 ];
4947
4948 /**
4949 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4950 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4951 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4952 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4953 * anonymous visitors.
4954 */
4955 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4956
4957 /**
4958 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4959 *
4960 * @par Example:
4961 * @code
4962 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4963 * @endcode
4964 *
4965 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4966 *
4967 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4968 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4969 *
4970 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4971 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4972 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4973 */
4974 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4975
4976 /**
4977 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4978 *
4979 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4980 * is without underscore.
4981 *
4982 * @par Example:
4983 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4984 * @code
4985 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4986 * @endcode
4987 *
4988 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4989 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4990 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4991 *
4992 * @par Example:
4993 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4994 * @code
4995 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
4996 * @endcode
4997 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4998 *
4999 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5000 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5001 */
5002 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5003
5004 /**
5005 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5006 * address before being allowed to edit?
5007 */
5008 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5012 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5013 */
5014 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5015
5016 /**
5017 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5018 *
5019 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5020 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5021 *
5022 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5023 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5024 *
5025 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5026 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5027 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5028 * in in the user_groups table.
5029 *
5030 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5031 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5032 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5033 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5034 *
5035 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5036 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5037 *
5038 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5039 */
5040 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5041
5042 /** @cond file_level_code */
5043 // Implicit group for all visitors
5044 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5045 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5046 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5047 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5048 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5050 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5057 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5058
5059 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5078
5079 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5082
5083 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5084 // from various log pages by default
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5093
5094 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5098 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5100 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5102 // can view deleted revision text
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5135 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5136 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5140
5141 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5144 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5145 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5146 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5148
5149 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5150 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5151 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5152 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5153 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5154 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5155 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5157 // For private suppression log access
5158 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5159
5160 /**
5161 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5162 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5163 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5164 * server.
5165 */
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5167
5168 /** @endcond */
5169
5170 /**
5171 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5172 *
5173 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5174 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5175 *
5176 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5177 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5178 */
5179 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5180
5181 /**
5182 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5183 */
5184 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5185
5186 /**
5187 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5188 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5189 *
5190 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5191 * group".
5192 *
5193 * @par Example:
5194 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5195 * @code
5196 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5197 * @endcode
5198 *
5199 * @par Example:
5200 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5201 * @code
5202 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5203 * @endcode
5204 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5205 * any group that they happen to be in.
5206 */
5207 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5208
5209 /**
5210 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5211 */
5212 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5213
5214 /**
5215 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5216 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5217 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5218 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5219 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5220 */
5221 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5222
5223 /**
5224 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5225 *
5226 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5227 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5228 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5229 *
5230 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5231 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5232 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5233 */
5234 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5235
5236 /**
5237 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5238 *
5239 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5240 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5241 *
5242 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5243 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5244 */
5245 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5246
5247 /**
5248 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5249 *
5250 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5251 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5252 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5253 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5254 * "semiprotected".
5255 *
5256 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5257 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5258 */
5259 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5263 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5264 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5265 *
5266 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5267 */
5268 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5269
5270 /**
5271 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5272 *
5273 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5274 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5275 *
5276 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5277 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5278 */
5279 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5280
5281 /**
5282 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5283 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5284 * privileges of new accounts.
5285 *
5286 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5287 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5288 *
5289 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5290 *
5291 * @par Example:
5292 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5293 * @code
5294 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5295 * @endcode
5296 * Set age to one day:
5297 * @code
5298 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5299 * @endcode
5300 */
5301 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5302
5303 /**
5304 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5305 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5306 *
5307 * @par Example:
5308 * @code
5309 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5310 * @endcode
5311 */
5312 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5316 *
5317 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5318 *
5319 * The format is
5320 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5321 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5322 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5323 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5324 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5325 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5326 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5327 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5328 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5329 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5330 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5331 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5332 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5333 *
5334 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5335 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5336 */
5337 $wgAutopromote = [
5338 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5339 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5340 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5341 ],
5342 ];
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5346 *
5347 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5348 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5349 *
5350 * The format is:
5351 * @code
5352 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5353 * @endcode
5354 * Where event is either:
5355 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5356 *
5357 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5358 *
5359 * @see $wgAutopromote
5360 * @since 1.18
5361 */
5362 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5363 'onEdit' => [],
5364 ];
5365
5366 /**
5367 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5368 * @since 1.18
5369 */
5370 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5371
5372 /**
5373 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5374 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5375 *
5376 * @par Example:
5377 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5378 * @code
5379 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5380 * @endcode
5381 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5382 * @code
5383 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5384 * @endcode
5385 * Sysops can make bots:
5386 * @code
5387 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5388 * @endcode
5389 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5390 * @code
5391 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5392 * @endcode
5393 */
5394 $wgAddGroups = [];
5395
5396 /**
5397 * @see $wgAddGroups
5398 */
5399 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5400
5401 /**
5402 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5403 * For extensions only.
5404 */
5405 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5406
5407 /**
5408 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5409 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5410 */
5411 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5412
5413 /**
5414 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5415 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5416 * This is limited for performance reason.
5417 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5418 * @since 1.23
5419 */
5420 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5421
5422 /**
5423 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5424 *
5425 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5426 */
5427 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5428
5429 /**
5430 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5431 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5432 *
5433 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5434 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5435 *
5436 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5437 *
5438 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5439 */
5440 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5441
5442 /**
5443 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5444 */
5445 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5446
5447 /**
5448 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5449 * proxies
5450 * @since 1.16
5451 */
5452 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5453
5454 /**
5455 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5456 *
5457 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5458 * the blacklist require a key).
5459 *
5460 * @par Example:
5461 * @code
5462 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5463 * // String containing URL
5464 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5465 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5466 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5467 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5468 * // just use a string as shown above
5469 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5470 * ];
5471 * @endcode
5472 *
5473 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5474 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5475 * @since 1.16
5476 */
5477 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5478
5479 /**
5480 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5481 * what the other methods might say.
5482 */
5483 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5484
5485 /**
5486 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5487 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5488 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5489 */
5490 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5491
5492 /**
5493 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5494 *
5495 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5496 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5497 * elapses.
5498 *
5499 * @par Example:
5500 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5501 * @code
5502 * $wgRateLimits = [ 4, 60 ];
5503 * @endcode
5504 *
5505 * @par Example:
5506 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5507 * @code
5508 * $wgRateLimits = [
5509 * 'edit' => [
5510 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5511 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5512 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5513 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5514 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5515 * ]
5516 * ]
5517 * @endcode
5518 *
5519 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5520 */
5521 $wgRateLimits = [
5522 // Page edits
5523 'edit' => [
5524 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5525 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5526 ],
5527 // Page moves
5528 'move' => [
5529 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5530 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5531 ],
5532 // File uploads
5533 'upload' => [
5534 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5535 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5536 ],
5537 // Page rollbacks
5538 'rollback' => [
5539 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5540 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5541 ],
5542 // Triggering password resets emails
5543 'mailpassword' => [
5544 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5545 ],
5546 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5547 'emailuser' => [
5548 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5549 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5550 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5551 ],
5552 // Purging pages
5553 'purge' => [
5554 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5555 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5556 ],
5557 // Purges of link tables
5558 'linkpurge' => [
5559 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5560 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5561 ],
5562 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5563 'renderfile' => [
5564 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5565 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5566 ],
5567 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5568 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5569 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5570 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5571 ],
5572 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5573 'stashedit' => [
5574 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5575 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5576 ],
5577 // Adding or removing change tags
5578 'changetag' => [
5579 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5580 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5581 ],
5582 ];
5583
5584 /**
5585 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5586 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5587 */
5588 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5589
5590 /**
5591 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5592 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5593 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5594 */
5595 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5596
5597 /**
5598 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5599 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5600 */
5601 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5602
5603 /**
5604 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5605 *
5606 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5607 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5608 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5609 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5610 *
5611 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5612 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5613 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5614 */
5615 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5616 // Short term limit
5617 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5618 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5619 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5620 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5621 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5622 ];
5623
5624 /**
5625 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5626 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5627 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5628 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5629 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5630 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5631 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5632 * @since 1.27
5633 */
5634 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5635
5636 // @TODO: clean up grants
5637 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5638
5639 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5640 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5641 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5642 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5643 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5645 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5646 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5649
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5654
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5656 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5659
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5661 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5662
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5664 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5666
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5668
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5673
5674 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5681
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5684
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5691
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5695
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5698
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5701 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5702
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5713
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5715
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5717
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5719
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5721
5722 /**
5723 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5724 * @since 1.27
5725 */
5726 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5727 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5728 'basic' => 'hidden',
5729
5730 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5731 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5732 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5733 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5734
5735 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5736 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5737
5738 'sendemail' => 'email',
5739
5740 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5741 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5742
5743 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5744 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5745
5746 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5747 'rollback' => 'administration',
5748 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5749 'delete' => 'administration',
5750 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5751 'protect' => 'administration',
5752 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5753
5754 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5755 ];
5756
5757 /**
5758 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5759 * @since 1.27
5760 */
5761 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5762
5763 /**
5764 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5765 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5766 * @since 1.27
5767 */
5768 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5769
5770 /**
5771 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5772 *
5773 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5774 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5775 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5776 * @since 1.27
5777 */
5778 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5779
5780 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5781
5782 /************************************************************************//**
5783 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5784 * @{
5785 */
5786
5787 /**
5788 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5789 */
5790 $wgSecretKey = false;
5791
5792 /**
5793 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5794 *
5795 * This can have the following formats:
5796 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5797 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5798 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5799 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5800 */
5801 $wgProxyList = [];
5802
5803 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5804
5805 /************************************************************************//**
5806 * @name Cookie settings
5807 * @{
5808 */
5809
5810 /**
5811 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5812 */
5813 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5814
5815 /**
5816 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5817 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5818 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5819 * login cookies session-only.
5820 */
5821 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5822
5823 /**
5824 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5825 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5826 */
5827 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5828
5829 /**
5830 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5831 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5832 */
5833 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5834
5835 /**
5836 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5837 * - true: Set secure flag
5838 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5839 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5840 */
5841 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5842
5843 /**
5844 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5845 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5846 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5847 * check.
5848 */
5849 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5850
5851 /**
5852 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5853 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5854 * name to be used as a prefix.
5855 */
5856 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5857
5858 /**
5859 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5860 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5861 * XSS attack.
5862 */
5863 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5864
5865 /**
5866 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5867 */
5868 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5869
5870 /**
5871 * Override to customise the session name
5872 */
5873 $wgSessionName = false;
5874
5875 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5876
5877 /************************************************************************//**
5878 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5879 * @{
5880 */
5881
5882 /**
5883 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5884 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5885 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5886 * Please see math/README for more information.
5887 */
5888 $wgUseTeX = false;
5889
5890 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5891
5892 /************************************************************************//**
5893 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5894 *
5895 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5896 *
5897 * @{
5898 */
5899
5900 /**
5901 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5902 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5903 * may contain private data.
5904 */
5905 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5906
5907 /**
5908 * Prefix for debug log lines
5909 */
5910 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5911
5912 /**
5913 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5914 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5915 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5916 */
5917 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5918
5919 /**
5920 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5921 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5922 * and gen=js requests.
5923 */
5924 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5925
5926 /**
5927 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5928 *
5929 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5930 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5931 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5932 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5933 */
5934 $wgDebugComments = false;
5935
5936 /**
5937 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5938 *
5939 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5940 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5941 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5942 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5943 */
5944 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5945
5946 /**
5947 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5948 *
5949 * @since 1.26
5950 */
5951 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5952 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5953 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5954 'GET' => [
5955 'masterConns' => 0,
5956 'writes' => 0,
5957 'readQueryTime' => 5
5958 ],
5959 // HTTP POST requests.
5960 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5961 'POST' => [
5962 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5963 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5964 'maxAffected' => 500
5965 ],
5966 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5967 'masterConns' => 0,
5968 'writes' => 0,
5969 'readQueryTime' => 5
5970 ],
5971 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5972 'PostSend' => [
5973 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5974 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5975 'maxAffected' => 500
5976 ],
5977 // Background job runner
5978 'JobRunner' => [
5979 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5980 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5981 'maxAffected' => 1000
5982 ],
5983 // Command-line scripts
5984 'Maintenance' => [
5985 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5986 'maxAffected' => 1000
5987 ]
5988 ];
5989
5990 /**
5991 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5992 *
5993 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5994 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5995 * in production.
5996 *
5997 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5998 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5999 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6000 * - associative array with keys:
6001 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6002 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6003 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6004 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6005 *
6006 * @par Example:
6007 * @code
6008 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6009 * @endcode
6010 *
6011 * @par Advanced example:
6012 * @code
6013 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6014 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6015 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6016 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6017 * ];
6018 * @endcode
6019 */
6020 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6021
6022 /**
6023 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6024 *
6025 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6026 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6027 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6028 * details.
6029 *
6030 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6031 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6032 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6033 *
6034 * @par To completely disable logging:
6035 * @code
6036 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6037 * @endcode
6038 *
6039 * @since 1.25
6040 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6041 * @see MwLogger
6042 */
6043 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6044 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6045 ];
6046
6047 /**
6048 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6049 *
6050 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6051 */
6052 $wgShowDebug = false;
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6056 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6057 */
6058 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6059
6060 /**
6061 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6062 */
6063 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6064
6065 /**
6066 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6067 */
6068 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6072 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6073 * to an attacker.
6074 */
6075 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6076
6077 /**
6078 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6079 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6080 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6081 * formatting.
6082 */
6083 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6084
6085 /**
6086 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6087 *
6088 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6089 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6090 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6091 * exception handler.
6092 */
6093 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6094
6095 /**
6096 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6097 */
6098 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6099
6100 /**
6101 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6102 */
6103 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6104
6105 /**
6106 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6107 * Should be a string, default false.
6108 * @since 1.20
6109 */
6110 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6111
6112 /**
6113 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6114 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6115 */
6116 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6117
6118 /**
6119 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6120 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6121 * after the limit.
6122 */
6123 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6124
6125 /**
6126 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6127 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6128 */
6129 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6133 *
6134 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6135 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6136 */
6137 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6138
6139 /**
6140 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6141 *
6142 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6143 *
6144 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6145 *
6146 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6147 * @since 1.25
6148 */
6149 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6150
6151 /**
6152 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6153 *
6154 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6155 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6156 * @since 1.25
6157 */
6158 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6159
6160 /**
6161 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6162 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6163 * templates.
6164 */
6165 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6166
6167 /**
6168 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6169 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6170 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6171 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6172 */
6173 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6174
6175 /**
6176 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6177 * filename is passed to it.
6178 *
6179 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6180 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6181 *
6182 * Use full paths.
6183 */
6184 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6185 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6186 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6187 ];
6188
6189 /**
6190 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6191 */
6192 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6193
6194 /**
6195 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6196 * @since 1.19
6197 */
6198 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6199
6200 /**
6201 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6202 * queries and other useful output.
6203 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6204 *
6205 * @since 1.19
6206 */
6207 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6208
6209 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6210
6211 /************************************************************************//**
6212 * @name Search
6213 * @{
6214 */
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6218 */
6219 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6220
6221 /**
6222 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6223 * by default off due to execution overhead
6224 */
6225 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6226
6227 /**
6228 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6229 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6230 */
6231 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6232
6233 /**
6234 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6235 *
6236 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6237 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6238 *
6239 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6240 *
6241 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6242 */
6243 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6244
6245 /**
6246 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6247 *
6248 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6249 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6250 *
6251 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6252 */
6253 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6254 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6255 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6256 ];
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6260 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6261 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6262 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6263 */
6264 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6265
6266 /**
6267 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6268 * OpenSearch call.
6269 */
6270 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6271
6272 /**
6273 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6274 */
6275 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6279 */
6280 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6284 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6285 */
6286 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6290 *
6291 * @par Example:
6292 * @code
6293 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6294 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6295 * @endcode
6296 */
6297 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6298 NS_MAIN => true,
6299 ];
6300
6301 /**
6302 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6303 * implemented by an extension instead.
6304 */
6305 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6306
6307 /**
6308 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6309 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6310 * search term.
6311 *
6312 * @par Example:
6313 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6314 * @code
6315 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6316 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6317 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6318 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6319 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6320 * @endcode
6321 */
6322 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6323
6324 /**
6325 * Search form behavior.
6326 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6327 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6328 */
6329 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6330
6331 /**
6332 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6333 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6334 * generated for all namespaces.
6335 */
6336 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6337
6338 /**
6339 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6340 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6341 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6342 *
6343 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6344 * @par Example:
6345 * @code
6346 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6347 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6348 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6349 * ];
6350 * @endcode
6351 */
6352 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6356 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6357 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6358 */
6359 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6360
6361 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6362
6363 /************************************************************************//**
6364 * @name Edit user interface
6365 * @{
6366 */
6367
6368 /**
6369 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6370 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6371 */
6372 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6373
6374 /**
6375 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6376 */
6377 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6378
6379 /**
6380 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6381 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6382 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6383 */
6384 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6385 NS_CATEGORY => true
6386 ];
6387
6388 /**
6389 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6390 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6391 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6392 */
6393 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6394
6395 /**
6396 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6397 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6398 * ting this variable false.
6399 */
6400 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6401
6402 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6403
6404 /************************************************************************//**
6405 * @name Maintenance
6406 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6407 * @{
6408 */
6409
6410 /**
6411 * @cond file_level_code
6412 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6413 */
6414 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6415 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6416 }
6417 /** @endcond */
6418
6419 /**
6420 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6421 */
6422 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6423
6424 /**
6425 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6426 * used as an explanation to users.
6427 *
6428 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6429 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6430 * option in MySQL.
6431 */
6432 $wgReadOnly = null;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6436 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6437 * message.
6438 *
6439 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6440 */
6441 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6442
6443 /**
6444 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6445 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6446 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6447 *
6448 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6449 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6450 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6451 */
6452 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6453
6454 /**
6455 * Fully specified path to git binary
6456 */
6457 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6458
6459 /**
6460 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6461 *
6462 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6463 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6464 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6465 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6466 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6467 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6468 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6469 *
6470 * @since 1.20
6471 */
6472 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6473 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6474 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6475 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6476 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6477 ];
6478
6479 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6480
6481 /************************************************************************//**
6482 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6483 * @{
6484 */
6485
6486 /**
6487 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6488 * seconds will go.
6489 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6490 */
6491 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6492
6493 /**
6494 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6495 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6496 * @since 1.26
6497 */
6498 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6499
6500 /**
6501 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6502 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6503 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6504 * @since 1.26
6505 */
6506 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6507
6508 /**
6509 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6510 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6511 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6512 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6513 * is still there.
6514 */
6515 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6519 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6520 */
6521 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6522
6523 /**
6524 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6525 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6526 */
6527 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6528
6529 /**
6530 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6531 * should be sent.
6532 *
6533 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6534 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6535 * specified server.
6536 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6537 *
6538 * The common options are:
6539 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6540 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6541 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6542 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6543 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6544 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6545 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6546 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6547 *
6548 * The IRC-specific options are:
6549 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6550 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6551 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6552 *
6553 * The JSON-specific options are:
6554 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6555 *
6556 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6557 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6558 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6559 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6560 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6561 * ];
6562 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6563 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6564 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6565 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6566 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6567 * ];
6568 * @since 1.22
6569 */
6570 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6571
6572 /**
6573 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6574 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6575 */
6576 $wgRCEngines = [
6577 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6578 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6579 ];
6580
6581 /**
6582 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6583 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6584 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6585 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6586 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6587 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6588 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6589 *
6590 * @since 1.27
6591 */
6592 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6593
6594 /**
6595 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6596 * New pages and new files are included.
6597 */
6598 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6602 */
6603 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6604
6605 /**
6606 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6607 *
6608 * @since 1.27
6609 */
6610 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6611
6612 /**
6613 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6614 */
6615 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6616
6617 /**
6618 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6619 */
6620 $wgFeed = true;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6624 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6625 */
6626 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6627
6628 /**
6629 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6630 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6631 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6632 *
6633 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6634 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6635 */
6636 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6640 * pages larger than this size.
6641 */
6642 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6643
6644 /**
6645 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6646 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6647 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6648 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6649 * as value.
6650 * @par Example:
6651 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6652 * @code
6653 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6654 * @endcode
6655 */
6656 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6657
6658 /**
6659 * Available feeds objects.
6660 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6661 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6662 */
6663 $wgFeedClasses = [
6664 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6665 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6666 ];
6667
6668 /**
6669 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6670 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6671 */
6672 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6676 */
6677 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6681 */
6682 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6683
6684 /**
6685 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6686 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6687 * highlighted on the RC page.
6688 */
6689 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6690
6691 /**
6692 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6693 * view for watched pages with new changes
6694 */
6695 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6696
6697 /**
6698 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6699 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6700 */
6701 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6705 */
6706 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6707
6708 /**
6709 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6710 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6711 */
6712 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6713
6714 /**
6715 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6716 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6717 * watchers.
6718 *
6719 * @since 1.21
6720 */
6721 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6722
6723 /**
6724 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6725 * certain types of edits.
6726 *
6727 * To register a new one:
6728 * @code
6729 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6730 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6731 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6732 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6733 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6734 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6735 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6736 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6737 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6738 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6739 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6740 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6741 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6742 * ];
6743 * @endcode
6744 *
6745 * @since 1.22
6746 */
6747 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6748 'newpage' => [
6749 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6750 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6751 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6752 'grouping' => 'any',
6753 ],
6754 'minor' => [
6755 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6756 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6757 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6758 'class' => 'minoredit',
6759 'grouping' => 'all',
6760 ],
6761 'bot' => [
6762 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6763 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6764 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6765 'class' => 'botedit',
6766 'grouping' => 'all',
6767 ],
6768 'unpatrolled' => [
6769 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6770 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6771 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6772 'grouping' => 'any',
6773 ],
6774 ];
6775
6776 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6777
6778 /************************************************************************//**
6779 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6780 * @{
6781 */
6782
6783 /**
6784 * Override for copyright metadata.
6785 *
6786 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6787 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6788 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6789 */
6790 $wgRightsPage = null;
6791
6792 /**
6793 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6794 * wiki.
6795 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6796 */
6797 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6798
6799 /**
6800 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6801 * link.
6802 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6803 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6804 */
6805 $wgRightsText = null;
6806
6807 /**
6808 * Override for copyright metadata.
6809 */
6810 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6814 */
6815 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6816
6817 /**
6818 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6819 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6820 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6821 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6822 * large wikis.
6823 */
6824 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6825
6826 /**
6827 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6828 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6829 */
6830 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6831
6832 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6833
6834 /************************************************************************//**
6835 * @name Import / Export
6836 * @{
6837 */
6838
6839 /**
6840 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6841 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6842 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6843 *
6844 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6845 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6846 * e.g.
6847 * @code
6848 * $wgImportSources = [
6849 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6850 * 'wikispecies',
6851 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6852 * ];
6853 * @endcode
6854 *
6855 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6856 * the ImportSources hook.
6857 *
6858 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6859 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6860 */
6861 $wgImportSources = [];
6862
6863 /**
6864 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6865 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6866 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6867 *
6868 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6869 */
6870 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6871
6872 /**
6873 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6874 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6875 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6876 */
6877 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6878
6879 /**
6880 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6881 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6882 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6883 */
6884 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6885
6886 /**
6887 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6888 */
6889 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6890
6891 /**
6892 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6893 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6894 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6895 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6896 * it's disabled by default for now.
6897 *
6898 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6899 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6900 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6901 */
6902 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6903
6904 /**
6905 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6906 */
6907 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6908
6909 /**
6910 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6911 */
6912 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6913
6914 /**
6915 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6916 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6917 *
6918 * @since 1.27
6919 */
6920 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6921
6922 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6923
6924 /*************************************************************************//**
6925 * @name Extensions
6926 * @{
6927 */
6928
6929 /**
6930 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6931 * initialised
6932 */
6933 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6934
6935 /**
6936 * Extension messages files.
6937 *
6938 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6939 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6940 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6941 * is the most common.
6942 *
6943 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6944 * in the core.
6945 *
6946 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6947 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6948 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6949 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6950 *
6951 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6952 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6953 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6954 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6955 *
6956 * @par Example:
6957 * @code
6958 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6959 * @endcode
6960 */
6961 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6962
6963 /**
6964 * Extension messages directories.
6965 *
6966 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6967 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6968 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6969 * message directories.
6970 *
6971 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6972 *
6973 * @par Simple example:
6974 * @code
6975 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6976 * @endcode
6977 *
6978 * @par Complex example:
6979 * @code
6980 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
6981 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6982 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6983 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6984 * ]
6985 * @endcode
6986 * @since 1.23
6987 */
6988 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6992 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6993 * @since 1.22
6994 */
6995 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6996
6997 /**
6998 * Parser output hooks.
6999 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7000 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7001 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7002 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7003 *
7004 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7005 *
7006 * The callback has the form:
7007 * @code
7008 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7009 * @endcode
7010 */
7011 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7012
7013 /**
7014 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7015 */
7016 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7017
7018 /**
7019 * List of valid skin names
7020 *
7021 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7022 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7023 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7024 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7025 */
7026 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7027
7028 /**
7029 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7030 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7031 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7032 * SpecialPage.
7033 */
7034 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7035
7036 /**
7037 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7038 */
7039 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7040
7041 /**
7042 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7043 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7044 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7045 */
7046 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7047
7048 /**
7049 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7050 *
7051 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7052 *
7053 * @code
7054 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7055 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7056 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7057 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7058 * 'author' => [
7059 * 'Foo Barstein',
7060 * ],
7061 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7062 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7063 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7064 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7065 * ];
7066 * @endcode
7067 *
7068 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7069 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7070 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7071 * interpreted as wikitext.
7072 *
7073 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7074 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7075 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7076 *
7077 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7078 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7079 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7080 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7081 *
7082 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7083 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7084 * usually are.)
7085 *
7086 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7087 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7088 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7089 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7090 *
7091 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7092 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7093 *
7094 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7095 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7096 *
7097 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7098 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7099 */
7100 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7101
7102 /**
7103 * Authentication plugin.
7104 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7105 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7106 */
7107 $wgAuth = null;
7108
7109 /**
7110 * Global list of hooks.
7111 *
7112 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7113 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7114 * internally by Hook:run().
7115 *
7116 * The value can be one of:
7117 *
7118 * - A function name:
7119 * @code
7120 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7121 * @endcode
7122 * - A function with some data:
7123 * @code
7124 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7125 * @endcode
7126 * - A an object method:
7127 * @code
7128 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7129 * @endcode
7130 * - A closure:
7131 * @code
7132 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7133 * // Handler code goes here.
7134 * };
7135 * @endcode
7136 *
7137 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7138 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7139 *
7140 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7141 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7142 */
7143 $wgHooks = [];
7144
7145 /**
7146 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7147 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7148 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7149 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7150 * hook for that.
7151 *
7152 * @see MediaWikiServices
7153 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7154 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7155 */
7156 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7157 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7158 ];
7159
7160 /**
7161 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7162 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7163 */
7164 $wgJobClasses = [
7165 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7166 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7167 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7168 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7169 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7170 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7171 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7172 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7173 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7174 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7175 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7176 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7177 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7178 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7179 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7180 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7181 'null' => 'NullJob'
7182 ];
7183
7184 /**
7185 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7186 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7187 *
7188 * These can be:
7189 * - Very long-running jobs.
7190 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7191 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7192 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7193 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7194 */
7195 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7196
7197 /**
7198 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7199 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7200 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7201 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7202 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7203 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7204 * @var float[]
7205 */
7206 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7207
7208 /**
7209 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7210 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7211 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7212 *
7213 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7214 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7215 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7216 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7217 *
7218 * @var float|bool
7219 * @since 1.26
7220 */
7221 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7222
7223 /**
7224 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7225 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7226 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7227 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7228 */
7229 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7230 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7231 ];
7232
7233 /**
7234 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7235 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7236 */
7237 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7238 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7239 ];
7240
7241 /**
7242 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7243 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7244 */
7245 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7246 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7247 ];
7248
7249 /**
7250 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7251 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7252 * or:
7253 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7254 * Hooks should return strings or false
7255 */
7256 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7257
7258 /**
7259 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7260 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7261 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7262 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7263 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7264 */
7265 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7266 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7267 ];
7268
7269 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7270
7271 /*************************************************************************//**
7272 * @name Categories
7273 * @{
7274 */
7275
7276 /**
7277 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7278 */
7279 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7280
7281 /**
7282 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7283 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7284 */
7285 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7286
7287 /**
7288 * Paging limit for categories
7289 */
7290 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7291
7292 /**
7293 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7294 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7295 *
7296 * Available values are:
7297 *
7298 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7299 *
7300 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7301 *
7302 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7303 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7304 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7305 *
7306 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7307 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7308 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7309 * server.
7310 *
7311 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7312 * the sort keys in the database.
7313 *
7314 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7315 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7316 */
7317 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7318
7319 /** @} */ # End categories }
7320
7321 /*************************************************************************//**
7322 * @name Logging
7323 * @{
7324 */
7325
7326 /**
7327 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7328 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7329 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7330 * log type.
7331 */
7332 $wgLogTypes = [
7333 '',
7334 'block',
7335 'protect',
7336 'rights',
7337 'delete',
7338 'upload',
7339 'move',
7340 'import',
7341 'patrol',
7342 'merge',
7343 'suppress',
7344 'tag',
7345 'managetags',
7346 'contentmodel',
7347 ];
7348
7349 /**
7350 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7351 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7352 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7353 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7354 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7355 */
7356 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7357 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7358 ];
7359
7360 /**
7361 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7362 *
7363 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7364 *
7365 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7366 *
7367 * @par Example:
7368 * @code
7369 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7370 * @endcode
7371 *
7372 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7373 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7374 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7375 *
7376 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7377 * for the link text.
7378 */
7379 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7380 'patrol' => true,
7381 'tag' => true,
7382 ];
7383
7384 /**
7385 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7386 * will be listed in the user interface.
7387 *
7388 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7389 *
7390 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7391 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7392 */
7393 $wgLogNames = [
7394 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7395 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7396 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7397 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7398 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7399 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7400 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7401 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7402 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7403 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7404 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7405 ];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7409 * top of each log type.
7410 *
7411 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7412 *
7413 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7414 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7415 */
7416 $wgLogHeaders = [
7417 '' => 'alllogstext',
7418 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7419 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7420 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7421 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7422 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7423 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7424 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7425 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7426 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7427 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7428 ];
7429
7430 /**
7431 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7432 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7433 *
7434 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7435 */
7436 $wgLogActions = [];
7437
7438 /**
7439 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7440 * not messages.
7441 * @see LogPage::actionText
7442 * @see LogFormatter
7443 */
7444 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7445 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7446 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7447 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7448 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7449 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7450 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7451 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7452 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7453 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7454 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7455 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7456 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7457 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7458 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7459 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7460 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7461 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7462 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7463 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7464 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7465 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7466 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7467 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7468 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7469 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7470 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7471 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7472 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7473 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7474 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7475 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7476 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7477 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7478 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7479 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7480 ];
7481
7482 /**
7483 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7484 *
7485 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7486 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7487 * Extensions may append to this array
7488 * @since 1.27
7489 */
7490 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7491 'block' => [
7492 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7493 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7494 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7495 ],
7496 'contentmodel' => [
7497 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7498 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7499 ],
7500 'delete' => [
7501 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7502 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7503 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7504 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7505 ],
7506 'import' => [
7507 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7508 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7509 ],
7510 'managetags' => [
7511 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7512 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7513 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7514 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7515 ],
7516 'move' => [
7517 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7518 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7519 ],
7520 'newusers' => [
7521 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7522 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7523 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7524 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7525 ],
7526 'patrol' => [
7527 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7528 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7529 ],
7530 'protect' => [
7531 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7532 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7533 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7534 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7535 ],
7536 'rights' => [
7537 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7538 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7539 ],
7540 'suppress' => [
7541 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7542 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7543 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7544 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7545 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7546 ],
7547 'upload' => [
7548 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7549 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7550 ],
7551 ];
7552
7553 /**
7554 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7555 */
7556 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7557
7558 /** @} */ # end logging }
7559
7560 /*************************************************************************//**
7561 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7562 * @{
7563 */
7564
7565 /**
7566 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7567 */
7568 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7569
7570 /**
7571 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7572 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7573 */
7574 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7575
7576 /**
7577 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7578 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7579 */
7580 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7581
7582 /**
7583 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7584 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7585 */
7586 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7587
7588 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7589
7590 /*************************************************************************//**
7591 * @name Actions
7592 * @{
7593 */
7594
7595 /**
7596 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7597 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7598 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7599 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7600 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7601 * instead of the default class.
7602 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7603 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7604 */
7605 $wgActions = [
7606 'credits' => true,
7607 'delete' => true,
7608 'edit' => true,
7609 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7610 'history' => true,
7611 'info' => true,
7612 'markpatrolled' => true,
7613 'protect' => true,
7614 'purge' => true,
7615 'raw' => true,
7616 'render' => true,
7617 'revert' => true,
7618 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7619 'rollback' => true,
7620 'submit' => true,
7621 'unprotect' => true,
7622 'unwatch' => true,
7623 'view' => true,
7624 'watch' => true,
7625 ];
7626
7627 /** @} */ # end actions }
7628
7629 /*************************************************************************//**
7630 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7631 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7632 * @{
7633 */
7634
7635 /**
7636 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7637 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7638 * basis.
7639 */
7640 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7641
7642 /**
7643 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7644 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7645 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7646 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7647 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7648 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7649 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7650 *
7651 * @par Example:
7652 * @code
7653 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7654 * @endcode
7655 */
7656 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7657
7658 /**
7659 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7660 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7661 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7662 *
7663 * @par Example:
7664 * @code
7665 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7666 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7667 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7668 * ];
7669 * @endcode
7670 *
7671 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7672 * forms:
7673 * @code
7674 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7675 * # Underscore, not space!
7676 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7677 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7678 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7679 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7680 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7681 * ];
7682 * @endcode
7683 */
7684 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7685
7686 /**
7687 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7688 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7689 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7690 *
7691 * @par Example:
7692 * @code
7693 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7694 * @endcode
7695 */
7696 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7697
7698 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7699
7700 /************************************************************************//**
7701 * @name AJAX and API
7702 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7703 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7704 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7705 * @{
7706 */
7707
7708 /**
7709 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7710 * machine-readable data via api.php
7711 *
7712 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7713 */
7714 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7715
7716 /**
7717 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7718 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7719 * accesses it
7720 */
7721 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7722
7723 /**
7724 *
7725 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7726 *
7727 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7728 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7729 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7730 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7731 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7732 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7733 * requiring POST.
7734 *
7735 * @since 1.21
7736 */
7737 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7738
7739 /**
7740 * API module extensions.
7741 *
7742 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7743 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7744 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7745 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7746 *
7747 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7748 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7749 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7750 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7751 * field.
7752 *
7753 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7754 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7755 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7756 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7757 *
7758 * Examples for registering API modules:
7759 *
7760 * @code
7761 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7762 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7763 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7764 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7765 * ];
7766 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7767 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7768 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7769 * ];
7770 * @endcode
7771 *
7772 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7773 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7774 */
7775 $wgAPIModules = [];
7776
7777 /**
7778 * API format module extensions.
7779 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7780 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7781 *
7782 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7783 */
7784 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7785
7786 /**
7787 * API Query meta module extensions.
7788 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7789 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7790 *
7791 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7792 */
7793 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7794
7795 /**
7796 * API Query prop module extensions.
7797 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7798 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7799 *
7800 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7801 */
7802 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7803
7804 /**
7805 * API Query list module extensions.
7806 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7807 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7808 *
7809 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7810 */
7811 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7812
7813 /**
7814 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7815 * The default value is generally fine
7816 */
7817 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7818
7819 /**
7820 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7821 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7822 */
7823 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7824
7825 /**
7826 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7827 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7828 */
7829 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7830
7831 /**
7832 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7833 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7834 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7835 */
7836 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7837
7838 /**
7839 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7840 * API request logging
7841 */
7842 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7843
7844 /**
7845 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7846 */
7847 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7848
7849 /**
7850 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7851 * API queries.
7852 */
7853 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7854 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7855 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7856 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7857 ];
7858
7859 /**
7860 * Enable AJAX framework
7861 */
7862 $wgUseAjax = true;
7863
7864 /**
7865 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7866 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7867 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7868 */
7869 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7870
7871 /**
7872 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7873 */
7874 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7875
7876 /**
7877 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7878 */
7879 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7880
7881 /**
7882 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7883 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7884 */
7885 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7886
7887 /**
7888 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7889 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7890 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7891 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7892 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7893 *
7894 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7895 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7896 *
7897 * @par Example:
7898 * @code
7899 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7900 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7901 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7902 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7903 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7904 * ];
7905 * @endcode
7906 */
7907 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7908
7909 /**
7910 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7911 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7912 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7913 */
7914 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7915
7916 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7917
7918 /************************************************************************//**
7919 * @name Shell and process control
7920 * @{
7921 */
7922
7923 /**
7924 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7925 */
7926 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7930 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7931 */
7932 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7933
7934 /**
7935 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7936 */
7937 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7938
7939 /**
7940 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7941 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7942 */
7943 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7944
7945 /**
7946 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7947 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7948 *
7949 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7950 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7951 * them segfault or deadlock.
7952 *
7953 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7954 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7955 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7956 *
7957 * @par Example:
7958 * @code
7959 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7960 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7961 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7962 * @endcode
7963 *
7964 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7965 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7966 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7967 */
7968 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7969
7970 /**
7971 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7972 */
7973 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7974
7975 /**
7976 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7977 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7978 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7979 */
7980 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7981
7982 /** @} */ # End shell }
7983
7984 /************************************************************************//**
7985 * @name HTTP client
7986 * @{
7987 */
7988
7989 /**
7990 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7991 */
7992 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7993
7994 /**
7995 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7996 */
7997 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7998
7999 /**
8000 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8001 */
8002 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8003
8004 /**
8005 * Local virtual hosts.
8006 *
8007 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8008 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8009 * then no proxy will be used.
8010 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8011 * proxy if it is configured.
8012 * @since 1.25
8013 */
8014 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8015
8016 /**
8017 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8018 * Only works for curl
8019 */
8020 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8021
8022 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8023
8024 /************************************************************************//**
8025 * @name Job queue
8026 * @{
8027 */
8028
8029 /**
8030 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8031 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8032 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8033 * be run periodically.
8034 */
8035 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8036
8037 /**
8038 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8039 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8040 * execution finishes.
8041 * @since 1.23
8042 */
8043 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8044
8045 /**
8046 * Number of rows to update per job
8047 */
8048 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8049
8050 /**
8051 * Number of rows to update per query
8052 */
8053 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8054
8055 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8056
8057 /************************************************************************//**
8058 * @name Miscellaneous
8059 * @{
8060 */
8061
8062 /**
8063 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8064 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8065 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8066 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8067 */
8068 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8069
8070 /**
8071 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8072 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8073 *
8074 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8075 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8076 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8077 */
8078 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8079
8080 /**
8081 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8082 * For debugging
8083 */
8084 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8085
8086 /**
8087 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8088 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8089 */
8090 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8091
8092 /**
8093 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8094 */
8095 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8096
8097 /**
8098 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8099 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8100 */
8101 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8102
8103 /**
8104 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8105 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8106 */
8107 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8108
8109 /**
8110 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8111 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8112 *
8113 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8114 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8115 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8116 * parameters.
8117 *
8118 * @par Example:
8119 * @code
8120 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8121 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8122 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8123 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8124 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8125 * ... any extension-specific options...
8126 * ];
8127 * @endcode
8128 */
8129 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8130
8131 /**
8132 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8133 */
8134 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8135
8136 /**
8137 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8138 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8139 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8140 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8141 *
8142 * @since 1.21
8143 */
8144 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8145
8146 /**
8147 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8148 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8149 *
8150 * * 'ignore': return null
8151 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8152 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8153 *
8154 * @since 1.21
8155 */
8156 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8157
8158 /**
8159 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8160 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8161 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8162 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8163 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8164 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8165 *
8166 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8167 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8168 *
8169 * @since 1.21
8170 */
8171 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8172
8173 /**
8174 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8175 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8176 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8177 *
8178 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8179 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8180 *
8181 * @since 1.21
8182 */
8183 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8184 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8185 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8186 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8187 ];
8188
8189 /**
8190 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8191 *
8192 * @since 1.20
8193 */
8194 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8195
8196 /**
8197 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8198 *
8199 * @since 1.20
8200 */
8201 $wgSiteTypes = [
8202 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8203 ];
8204
8205 /**
8206 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8207 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8208 * @since 1.23
8209 */
8210 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8214 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8215 * @see bug 65184
8216 * @since 1.24
8217 */
8218 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Secret for session storage.
8222 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8223 * be used.
8224 * @since 1.27
8225 */
8226 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8227
8228 /**
8229 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8230 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8231 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8232 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8233 * @since 1.27
8234 */
8235 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8236
8237 /**
8238 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8239 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8240 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8241 * be used.
8242 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8243 * @since 1.24
8244 */
8245 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8246
8247 /**
8248 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8249 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8250 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8251 * @since 1.24
8252 */
8253 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Enable page language feature
8257 * Allows setting page language in database
8258 * @var bool
8259 * @since 1.24
8260 */
8261 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8262
8263 /**
8264 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8265 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8266 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8267 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8268 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8269 * module.
8270 *
8271 * Example config for Parsoid:
8272 *
8273 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8274 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8275 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8276 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8277 * ];
8278 *
8279 * @var array
8280 * @since 1.25
8281 */
8282 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8283 'modules' => [],
8284 'global' => [
8285 # Timeout in seconds
8286 'timeout' => 360,
8287 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8288 'forwardCookies' => false,
8289 'HTTPProxy' => null
8290 ]
8291 ];
8292
8293 /**
8294 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8295 * these suggestions.
8296 *
8297 * @var bool
8298 * @since 1.26
8299 */
8300 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8301
8302 /**
8303 * Where popular password file is located.
8304 *
8305 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8306 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8307 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8308 *
8309 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8310 * @since 1.27
8311 * @var string path to file
8312 */
8313 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8314
8315 /*
8316 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8317 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8318 *
8319 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8320 * @since 1.27
8321 */
8322 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8323
8324 /**
8325 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8326 *
8327 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8328 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8329 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8330 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8331 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8332 *
8333 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8334 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8335 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8336 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8337 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8338 *
8339 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8340 *
8341 * @since 1.27
8342 */
8343 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8344 'default' => [
8345 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8346 ]
8347 ];
8348
8349 /**
8350 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8351 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8352 * @}
8353 */